blob: ac6fb25caee4f4d4337918c9f163b46e451ccce7 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewycky173a37a2012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor42af25f2009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregordaa439a2009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattnerb5f65472011-07-18 01:54:02 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +000041#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky893a6ea2012-04-03 20:26:45 +000042#include <algorithm>
43#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +000044#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +000046#include <map>
Nick Lewycky893a6ea2012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <set>
48#include <utility>
49#include <vector>
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000050
51using namespace clang;
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000052using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000053
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000054namespace {
55 class UnqualUsingEntry {
56 const DeclContext *Nominated;
57 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000058
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059 public:
60 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
62 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
63 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000064
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000065 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
66 return CommonAncestor;
67 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
70 return Nominated;
71 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
74 struct Comparator {
75 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
76 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
77 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000078
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000079 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
80 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
81 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
84 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
85 }
86 };
87 };
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000088
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000089 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
90 /// lookup.
91 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +000092 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 ListTy list;
95 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000096
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000097 public:
98 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000099
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000100 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000101 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
103 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
104 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000105 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000107
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000108 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky65daef12012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000109 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
110 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
111 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000112 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky65daef12012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
114 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
115 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700116 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
117 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000118 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000119 }
120 }
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000121
122 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
123 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
124 // declared in the context.
125 //
126 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
127 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
128 // the effective DCs right.
129 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
130 if (!visited.insert(DC))
131 return;
132
133 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
134 }
135
136 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
137 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
138 // were declared in the effective DC.
139 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
140 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
141 if (!visited.insert(NS))
142 return;
143
144 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
145 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
146 }
147
148 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
149 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
150 // the given effective context.
151 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000152 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000153 while (true) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700154 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000155 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
156 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
157 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
158 queue.push_back(NS);
159 }
160 }
161
162 if (queue.empty())
163 return;
164
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000165 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000166 }
167 }
168
169 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
170 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
171 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
172 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
173 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
174 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
175 // the first.
176 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
177 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
178 // the nominated namespace.
179 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
180 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
181 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall12ea5782009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000182 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000183
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000184 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
185 }
186
187 void done() {
188 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
189 }
190
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000191 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000192
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000193 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
194 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
195
196 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
197 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall12ea5782009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000198 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000199 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
200 }
201 };
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000202}
203
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000204// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
205// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000206static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
207 bool CPlusPlus,
208 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209 unsigned IDNS = 0;
210 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian98a54032011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000211 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000212 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000213 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith4e9686b2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000214 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000216 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000217 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000218 if (Redeclaration)
219 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 }
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000221 if (Redeclaration)
222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000223 break;
224
John McCall76d32642010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000225 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
226 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
227 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
228 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
229 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
230 break;
231
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000232 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000233 if (CPlusPlus) {
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
235
236 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
237 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
238 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
239 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
240 // "overload" with tag decls.
241 if (Redeclaration)
242 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
243 } else {
244 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
245 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000246 break;
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000247 case Sema::LookupLabel:
248 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
249 break;
250
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000251 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
252 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
253 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000254 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000255 break;
256
257 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000258 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
259 break;
260
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000261 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000262 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000263 break;
Douglas Gregor6e378de2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000264
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000265 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
266 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag
267 | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Using;
268 break;
269
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000270 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
271 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
272 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000273
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000274 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000276 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
277 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
278 break;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000279 }
280 return IDNS;
281}
282
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000283void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000284 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000285 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000286
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700287 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
288 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
289 // operators can be found.
290 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
291 case OO_New:
292 case OO_Delete:
293 case OO_Array_New:
294 case OO_Array_Delete:
295 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
296 break;
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000297
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700298 default:
299 break;
300 }
Douglas Gregor96df3562013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000301
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700302 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
303 // up being declared.
304 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
305 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
306 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
307 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor96df3562013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000308 }
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000309 }
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000310}
311
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700312bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
313 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000314 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
315 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
316 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
317 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
318 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
319 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
320 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000321 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
322 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000323 assert((Paths != NULL) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
324 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
325 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700326 return true;
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000327}
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000328
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000329// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000330void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000331 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000332}
333
Richard Smith190d1af2013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000334/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
335/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramere28bdc32013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000336static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith190d1af2013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000337 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
338 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
339 // those.
340 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
341 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
342 return DC;
343
344 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
345 // declaration must have been found there.
346 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
347}
348
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000349/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000350void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000351 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000352
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000353 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000354 if (N == 0) {
John McCalldc5c7862010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000355 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000356 return;
357 }
358
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000359 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
360 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000361 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor2b147f02010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000362 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
363 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000364 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor2b147f02010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000365 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000366 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
367 return;
368 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000369
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000370 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000371 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000372
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000373 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000374 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000375
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000376 bool Ambiguous = false;
377 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000378 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000379
380 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000381
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000382 unsigned I = 0;
383 while (I < N) {
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000384 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
385 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000386
Argyrios Kyrtzidis745af1c2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000387 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
388 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
389 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
390 continue;
391 }
392
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000393 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
394 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
395 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
396 // canonical type.
397 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
398 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
399 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
400 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
401 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
402 // at this index.
403 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
404 continue;
405 }
406 }
407 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000408
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000409 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000410 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
411 // continue at this index).
412 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000413 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000414 }
415
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000416 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000417
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000418 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
419 HasUnresolved = true;
420 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
421 if (HasTag)
422 Ambiguous = true;
423 UniqueTagIndex = I;
424 HasTag = true;
425 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
426 HasFunction = true;
427 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
428 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
429 HasFunction = true;
430 } else {
431 if (HasNonFunction)
432 Ambiguous = true;
433 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000434 }
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000435 I++;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436 }
Douglas Gregor516ff432009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000437
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000438 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
439 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
440 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
441 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
442 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
443 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
444 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
445 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
446 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCallfda8e122009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000447 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregor77a1a882010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000448 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith190d1af2013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000449 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
450 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregor77a1a882010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000451 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
452 else
453 Ambiguous = true;
454 }
Anders Carlsson8b50d012009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000455
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000456 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000457
John McCallfda8e122009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000458 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000459 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregor69d993a2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000460
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000461 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000462 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000463 else if (HasUnresolved)
464 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000465 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000466 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000467 else
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000468 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000469}
470
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000471void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall6b2accb2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000472 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000473 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000474 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
475 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000476 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregor31a19b62009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000477}
478
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000479void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000480 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
481 Paths->swap(P);
482 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
483 resolveKind();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000484 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregord8635172009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000485}
486
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000487void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
489 Paths->swap(P);
490 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
491 resolveKind();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000492 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000493}
494
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000495void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000496 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
497 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
498 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000499
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000500 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
501 Out << "\n";
502 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
503 }
504}
505
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000506/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
507/// fail.
508static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
509 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
510
511 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
512 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
513 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
514 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
515 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
516 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
517 if (II) {
Nico Webercac18ad2013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000518 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
519 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
520 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
521 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
522 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
523 return true;
524 }
525
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000526 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
527 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
528 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
529 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000530 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000531 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
532 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000533
534 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
535 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregor6b9109e2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000536 R.isForRedeclaration(),
537 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000538 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregor6b9109e2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000539 return true;
540 }
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000541 }
542 }
543 }
544
545 return false;
546}
547
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000548/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
549/// the class at this point.
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000550static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000551 // We need to have a definition for the class.
552 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
553 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000554
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000555 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000556 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000557}
558
559void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000560 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000561 return;
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000562
563 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Sean Huntcdee3fe2011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000564 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000565 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000566
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000567 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000568 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000569 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000570
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000571 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000572 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000573 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
574
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000575 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000576 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
577 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
578 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
579
580 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
581 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
582 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
583 }
584
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000585 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000586 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000587 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000588}
589
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000590/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000591/// special member function.
592static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
593 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000594 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000595 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
596 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000597
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000598 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
599 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000600
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000601 default:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000602 break;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000603 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000604
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000605 return false;
606}
607
608/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
609/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000610static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000611 DeclarationName Name,
612 const DeclContext *DC) {
613 if (!DC)
614 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000615
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000616 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000617 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
618 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000619 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000620 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Sean Huntcdee3fe2011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000621 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000622 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000623 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000624 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000625 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000626 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
627 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000628 }
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000629 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000630
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000631 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
632 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000633 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000634 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000635 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000636 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000637
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000638 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
639 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
640 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000641
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000642 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000643 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000644 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000645 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000646 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000647 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000648 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
649 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
650 }
651 }
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000652 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000653
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000654 default:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000655 break;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000656 }
657}
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000658
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000659// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
660// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000661static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000662 bool Found = false;
663
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000664 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000665 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000666 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000667
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000668 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000669 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
670 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
671 ++I) {
John McCall46460a62010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000672 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000673 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall46460a62010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000674 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000675 Found = true;
676 }
677 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000678
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000679 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
680 return true;
681
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000682 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000683 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
684 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
685 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
686 return Found;
687
688 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000689 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000690 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
691 // context of the use are considered. [...]
692 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000693 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000694 return Found;
695
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9d295432012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000696 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
697 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000698 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
699 if (!ConvTemplate)
700 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000701
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000702 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000703 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
704 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000705 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
706 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
707 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
708 Found = true;
709 continue;
710 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000711
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000712 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000713 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
714 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000715 // name lookup.
716 //
717 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
718 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000719 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000720 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
721 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Topper93e45992012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000722 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000723 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000724
725 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000726 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
727 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3f477a12010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000728
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000729 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
730 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
731 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000732 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckneref072032013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000733 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +0000734 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000735 EPI.NumExceptions = 0;
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000736 QualType ExpectedType
737 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko55431692013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000738 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000739
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000740 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
741 // expect the function to have.
742 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, 0, ExpectedType,
743 Specialization, Info)
744 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
745 R.addDecl(Specialization);
746 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000747 }
748 }
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000749
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000750 return Found;
751}
752
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000753// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000754static bool
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000755CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000756 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000757
758 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
759
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000760 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000761 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000762
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000763 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
764 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
765 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700766 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000767
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000768 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000769 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000770 Found = true;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000771
772 R.resolveKind();
773
774 return Found;
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000775}
776
777static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000778 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000779 return Ctx->isFileContext();
780 return false;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000781}
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000782
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000783// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
784// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
785// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
786// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
787// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
788// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
789// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
790static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000791 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000792 DeclContext *Lexical = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000793 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000794 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
795 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000796 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000797 break;
798 }
799 }
800
801 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
802 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
803 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
804 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
805 // a member of this namespace.
806 //
807 // Example:
808 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000809 // namespace N {
810 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000811 //
812 // template<class T> class B {
813 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000814 // };
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000815 // }
816 //
817 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
818 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
819 // }
820 //
821 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
822 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000823 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000824 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
825 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
826
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000827 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000828 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
829 // template<class C>.
830 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
831 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
832 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
833 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000834
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000835 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
836 // the example, this is namespace N.
837 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
838 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
839 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000840
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000841 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
842 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
843 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
844 // example, this is the global scope.
845 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
846 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
847 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
848
849 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregore942bbe2009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000850}
851
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000852namespace {
853/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
854/// declarations.
855struct FindLocalExternScope {
856 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
857 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
858 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
859 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
860 }
861 void restore() {
862 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
863 }
864 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
865 restore();
866 }
867 LookupResult &R;
868 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
869};
870}
871
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000872bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000873 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000874
875 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000876 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000877
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000878 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
879 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
880 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
881 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000882 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000883 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
884 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000885
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000886 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
887 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
888
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000889 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000891 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
892 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000893
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000894 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000895 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000896 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
897 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
898 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000899 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000900 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000901 //
902 // For example:
903 // namespace A { int i; }
904 // void foo() {
905 // int i;
906 // {
907 // using namespace A;
908 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
909 // }
910 // }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000911 //
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000912 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
913 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000914 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000915 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000916
917 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
918 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
919
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000920 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000921 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregord2235f62010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000922
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000923 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000924 bool Found = false;
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000925 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000926 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000927 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
928 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
929 // out-of-scope.
930 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
931 LeftStartingScope = true;
932
933 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith49ef4812013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000934 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
935 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
936 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
937 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000938 R.setShadowed();
939 continue;
940 }
941 }
942
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000943 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000944 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000945 }
946 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000947 if (Found) {
948 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregord2235f62010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000949 if (S->isClassScope())
950 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
951 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000952 return true;
953 }
954
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000955 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith4e9686b2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000956 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
957 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
958 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
959 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
960 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
961 return false;
962 }
963
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000964 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
965 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
966 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000967 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000968 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
969 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
970 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
971 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
972 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
973 }
974
975 if (Ctx) {
976 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
977 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -0700978 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000979 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
980 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
981
Douglas Gregordbdf5e72010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000982 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000983 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
984 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
985 // non-transparent context.
986 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregore942bbe2009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000987 continue;
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000988
989 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
990 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
991 // function/method are present within the Scope.
992 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
993 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
994 // in the corresponding interface.
995 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
996 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
997 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
998 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
999 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001000 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001001 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001002 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1003 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001004 R.resolveKind();
1005 return true;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 }
1009 }
1010
1011 continue;
1012 }
1013
Douglas Gregor6bed88e2013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001014 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1015 // lookup considering using directives.
1016 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001017 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1018 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1019 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor34366202013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001020 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1021 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1022 continue;
1023
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001024 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor34366202013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001025 }
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001026
1027 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1028 // from local scopes.
1029 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1030 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1031 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1032 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1033 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1034
1035 UDirs.done();
1036
1037 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1038 }
Douglas Gregor6bed88e2013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001039
1040 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1041 R.resolveKind();
1042 return true;
1043 }
1044
1045 continue;
1046 }
1047
Douglas Gregore942bbe2009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001048 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1049 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1050 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1051 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1052 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1053 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001054 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001055 return true;
Douglas Gregor551f48c2009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001056 }
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001057 }
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001058 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001059
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001060 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1061 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1062 if (!S) return false;
1063
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78f59112010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001064 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001065 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78f59112010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001066 return false;
1067
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001068 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001069 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001070 //
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001071 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1072 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001073 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1074 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1075 UDirs.done();
1076 }
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001077
1078 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1079 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1080 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1081 FindLocals.restore();
1082
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001083 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001084 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1085 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1086 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1087 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001088 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001089 bool Found = false;
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001090 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001091 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001092 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1093 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1094 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1095 // need to.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001096 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001097 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001098 }
1099 }
1100
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001101 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001102 R.resolveKind();
1103 return true;
1104 }
1105
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001106 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001107 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1108 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1109 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001110 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001111 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1112 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1113 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1114 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
1115 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
1116 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001117
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001118 if (Ctx) {
1119 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1120 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07001121 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001122 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1123 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1124
1125 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1126 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1127 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1128 // non-transparent context.
1129 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1130 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001131
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001132 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1133 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1134 // look into that context.
1135 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1136 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1137 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001138
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001139 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1140 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1141 Found = true;
1142 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001143
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001144 if (Found) {
1145 R.resolveKind();
1146 return true;
1147 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001148
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001149 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1150 return false;
1151 }
1152 }
1153
Douglas Gregor1df0ee92010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001154 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001155 return false;
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001156 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001157
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001158 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001159}
1160
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001161/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1162/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1163static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1164 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1165}
1166
1167/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1168static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1169 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1170 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1171 // the module containing the pattern.
1172 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1173 Entity = Pattern;
1174 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1175 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1176 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1177 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1178 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1179 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1180 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1181 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1182 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1183 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1184 else if (From)
1185 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1186 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1187 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1188 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1189 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1190 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1191 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1192 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1193 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1194 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1195 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1196 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1197 }
1198
1199 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1200 // from a template.
1201 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1202 if (Context->isFileContext())
1203 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1204 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1205}
1206
1207llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1208 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1209 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1210 I != N; ++I) {
1211 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1212 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
1213 M = 0;
1214 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1215 }
1216 return LookupModulesCache;
1217}
1218
1219/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1220///
1221/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1222/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1223/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1224/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1225/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1226/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1227bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1228 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1229 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1230 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1231 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1232
1233 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1234 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1235 if (LookupModules.empty())
1236 return false;
1237
1238 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1239 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1240 return true;
1241
1242 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1243 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1244 return false;
1245
1246 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1247 // the lookup set.
1248 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1249 E = LookupModules.end();
1250 I != E; ++I)
1251 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1252 return true;
1253 return false;
1254}
1255
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001256/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1257///
1258/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1259/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1260/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001261///
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001262/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1263/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001264static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1265 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001266
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07001267 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1268 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001269 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor0782ef22012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001270 return ND;
1271 }
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001272 }
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001273
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001274 return 0;
1275}
1276
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001277NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1278 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1279}
1280
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001281/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1282/// scope.
1283///
1284/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1285/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1286/// @code
1287/// int x;
1288/// int f() {
1289/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1290/// }
1291/// @endcode
1292///
1293/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1294/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1295/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1296/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1297/// class LookupCriteria.
1298///
1299/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1300/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1301/// in the parent scopes.
1302///
James Dennett8da16872012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001303/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1304/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1305/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1306/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001307///
James Dennett8da16872012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001308/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001309bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1310 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001311 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001312
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001313 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1314
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001316 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1317 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001318 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001319 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1320 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001321 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001322 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001323 }
1324
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001325 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1326 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1327
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001328 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1329 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1330 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1331 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001332 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1333
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001334 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001336 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001337 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001338 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1339 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1340 // out-of-scope.
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001341 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001342 LeftStartingScope = true;
1343
1344 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1345 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001346 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1347 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001348 continue;
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001349 }
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001350 }
Fariborz Jahanian98a54032011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001351 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1352 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1353 continue;
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001354
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001355 R.addDecl(D);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001356
Douglas Gregor7a537402012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001357 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1358 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001359 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor117c4562012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001360 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1361 // actually exists in a Scope).
1362 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1363 S = S->getParent();
1364
1365 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1366 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1367 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1368 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
1369 S = 0;
1370
1371 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
1372 DeclContext *DC = 0;
1373 if (!S)
1374 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1375
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001376 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1377 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor117c4562012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001378 if (S) {
1379 // Match based on scope.
1380 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1381 break;
1382 } else {
1383 // Match based on DeclContext.
1384 DeclContext *LastDC
1385 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1386 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1387 break;
1388 }
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001389
1390 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1391 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1392 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001393 }
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001394
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001395 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001396 }
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001397
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001398 return true;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001399 }
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001400 } else {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001401 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001402 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001403 return true;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001404 }
1405
1406 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1407 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1408 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann42151d52011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001409 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1410 return true;
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001411
Axel Naumannf8291a12011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001412 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1413 // may be able to handle the situation.
1414 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1415 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1416 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001417}
1418
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001419/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1420/// using directives by the given context.
1421///
1422/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett7ba75922012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001423/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001424/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1425/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1426/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1427/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1428/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1429/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1430/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1431/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1432/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1433/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1434/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1435/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett7ba75922012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001436///
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001437/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1438/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1439/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1440/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1441/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1442/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1443/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1444/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1445/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001446static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001447 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001448 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1449
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07001450 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1451 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001452
1453 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer8c43dcc2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001454 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001455 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1456
1457 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1458 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001459 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001460
1461 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1462 // with its using-children.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07001463 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1464 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer8c43dcc2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001465 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001466 Queue.push_back(ND);
1467 }
1468
1469 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1470 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1471 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1472 // a tag.
1473 bool FoundTag = false;
1474 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1475
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001476 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001477
1478 bool Found = false;
1479 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001480 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001481
1482 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1483 // between LookupResults.
1484 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001485 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001486 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001487
1488 if (FoundDirect) {
1489 // First do any local hiding.
1490 DirectR.resolveKind();
1491
1492 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1493 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1494 FoundTag = true;
1495 else
1496 FoundNonTag = true;
1497
1498 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1499 if (UseLocal) {
1500 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1501 LocalR.clear();
1502 }
1503 }
1504
1505 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1506 if (FoundDirect) {
1507 Found = true;
1508 continue;
1509 }
1510
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07001511 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
1512 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer8c43dcc2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001513 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001514 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1515 }
1516 }
1517
1518 if (Found) {
1519 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1520 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1521 else
1522 R.resolveKind();
1523 }
1524
1525 return Found;
1526}
1527
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001528/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001529static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001530 CXXBasePath &Path,
1531 void *Name) {
1532 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001533
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001534 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1535 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001536 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001537}
1538
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001539/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001540/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1541template<typename InputIterator>
1542static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1543 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1544 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1545 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001546
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001547 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1548 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1549 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1550 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1551 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001552
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001553 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1554 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1555 break;
1556 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001557
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001558 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1559 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1560 break;
1561 }
1562 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001563
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001564 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1565 return true;
1566 }
1567
1568 return false;
1569}
1570
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001571/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001572///
1573/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1574/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001575/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001576///
1577/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1578/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1579/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1580/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1581/// class LookupCriteria.
1582///
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001583/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1584///
1585/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001586/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1587/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1588///
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001589/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001590/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001591///
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001592/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1593bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1594 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001595 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001597 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001598 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001599
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001600 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1601 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1602 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001603 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith1af83c42012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001604 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001605 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001606
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001607 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001608 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001609 R.resolveKind();
John McCall92f88312010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001610 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1611 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001612 return true;
1613 }
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001614
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001615 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1616 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1617 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1618 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1619 // for the namespace member has the form
1620 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1621 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1622 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1623 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001624 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001625 return false;
1626
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001627 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001628 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001629 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001630
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001631 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregor4719f4e2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001632 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001633 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor025291b2010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001634 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001635 return false;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001636
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001637 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1638 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001639 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001640 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1641 // or we have to fail.
1642 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1643 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1644 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1645 return false;
1646 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001647
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001648 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001649 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1650 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001651
1652 // Look for this member in our base classes
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001653 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = 0;
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001654 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian98a54032011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001655 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001656 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1657 case LookupMemberName:
1658 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith4e9686b2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001659 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001660 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1661 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001662
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001663 case LookupTagName:
1664 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1665 break;
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001666
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001667 case LookupAnyName:
1668 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1669 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001670
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001671 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1672 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001673
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001674 case LookupOperatorName:
1675 case LookupNamespaceName:
1676 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001677 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001678 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001679 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001680
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001681 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1682 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1683 break;
1684 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001685
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001686 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1687 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001688 return false;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001689
John McCall92f88312010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001690 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1691
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001692 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1693 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1694 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1695 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1696 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1697 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001698 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbarf1853192009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001699 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCall7aceaf82010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001700 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001701
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001702 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001703 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001704 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001705
John McCall46460a62010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001706 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1707 // across all paths.
1708 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001709
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001710 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1711 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001712 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001713 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1714 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001715 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001716 }
1717
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001718 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001719 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1720 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001721 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
1722 // this lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001723 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001724 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001725 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1726 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001727
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001728 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1729 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001730 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1731 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1732 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001733
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001734 ++FirstD;
1735 ++CurrentD;
1736 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001737
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001738 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1739 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001740 continue;
1741 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001742
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001743 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1744 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001745 }
1746
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001747 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001748 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1749
1750 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1751 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1752 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001753 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001754 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001755 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001756
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001757 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1758 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001759 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1760 return true;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001761 }
1762 }
1763
1764 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1765
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001766 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = Paths.front().Decls;
1767 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall92f88312010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001768 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1769 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1770 D->getAccess());
1771 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1772 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001773 R.resolveKind();
1774 return true;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001775}
1776
1777/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1778/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1779///
1780/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1781/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1782/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1783/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1784/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1785///
1786/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1787/// begin.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001788///
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001789/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001790///
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001791/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1792/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1793///
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001794/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001795bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001796 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001797 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1798 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregor42af25f2009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001799 // anything.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001800 return false;
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001801 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001802
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001803 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1804 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001805 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001806 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall77bb1aa2010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001807 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001808 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001809
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001810 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001811 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001812 }
Douglas Gregor42af25f2009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001813
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001814 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001816 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor3eafbb82011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001817 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1818 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001819 return false;
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001820 }
1821
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001822 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001823 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001824}
1825
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001826
James Dennett16ae9de2012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001827/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001828/// from name lookup.
1829///
James Dennett16ae9de2012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001830/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001831void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001832 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1833
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001834 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1835 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1836 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1837
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001838 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1839 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1840 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1841 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1842 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1843 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1844 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001845
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001846 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001847 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1848 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1849 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001850
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001851 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001852 break;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001853 }
Douglas Gregor4dc6b1c2009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001854
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001855 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001856 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1857 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001858
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001859 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001860 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001861 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1862 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001863 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001864 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001865 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1866 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1867 }
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001868 break;
Douglas Gregor4dc6b1c2009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001869 }
1870
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001871 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1872 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregor69d993a2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001873
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001874 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1875
1876 LookupResult::iterator DI, DE = Result.end();
1877 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1878 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(*DI)) {
1879 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1880 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1881 }
1882
1883 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1884 if (!isa<TagDecl>(*DI))
1885 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
1886
1887 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001888 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1889 while (F.hasNext()) {
1890 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1891 F.erase();
1892 }
1893 F.done();
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001894 break;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001895 }
1896
1897 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1898 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001899
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001900 LookupResult::iterator DI = Result.begin(), DE = Result.end();
1901 for (; DI != DE; ++DI)
1902 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << *DI;
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001903 break;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001904 }
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001905 }
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001906}
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001907
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001908namespace {
1909 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001910 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001911 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1912 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001913 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1914 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001915 }
1916
1917 Sema &S;
1918 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1919 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001920 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001921 };
1922}
1923
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001924static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001925addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001926
Douglas Gregor54022952010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001927static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1928 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1929 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1930
1931 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1932 // be a locally scoped record.
1933
Sebastian Redl410c4f22010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001934 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1935 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1936 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1937 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1938 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor54022952010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001939 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1940
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001941 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor54022952010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001942 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001943}
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001944
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001946// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001948addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1949 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001950 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001952 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1953 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1954 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001956 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1957 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1958 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1959 // template template parameters)
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001960 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001961 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001963 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001964 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1966 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001967 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001968 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001970 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001971 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1972 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001973 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001974 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001975 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001976 }
1977 break;
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001978 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001979
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001980 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001981 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1982 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmand7a6b162012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001983 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001985 // associated namespaces. ]
1986 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001987
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001988 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
1989 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = Arg.pack_begin(),
1990 PEnd = Arg.pack_end();
1991 P != PEnd; ++P)
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001992 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, *P);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001993 break;
1994 }
1995}
1996
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001997// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
1999// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2000static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002001addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2002 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2003
2004 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2005 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2006 return;
2007
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002008 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2009 // [...]
2010 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2011 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2012 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2013 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002015
2016 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2017 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2018 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002019 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002020 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002021 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002023 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2024 // need to visit base classes.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002025 //
2026 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2027 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2028 // added its base classes yet.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002029 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002030 return;
2031
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002032 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2033 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002034 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002036 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002037 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2038 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2039 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002040 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002042 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2043 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2044 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002045 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002046 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002047 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002049 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2050 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002051 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002052 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002054 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002055 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2056 return;
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002057
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002058 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2059 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002060 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002061 Bases.push_back(Class);
2062 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2063 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002064 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002065
2066 // Visit the base classes.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002067 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2068 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlbbc1cc52009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002069 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2070 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2071 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2072 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2073 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2074 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2075 if (!BaseType)
2076 continue;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002077 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002078 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002079 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2080 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002081 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002082
2083 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2084 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2085 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2086 }
2087 }
2088 }
2089}
2090
2091// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2092// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2094static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002095addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002096 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2097 //
2098 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2099 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2100 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2101 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2102 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2103 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2104 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2105 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002106
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002107 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002108 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2109
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002110 while (true) {
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002111 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2112
2113#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2114#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2115#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2116#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2117#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2118#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2119 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2120 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2121 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2122 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2123 // wrong.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002124 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002125
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002126 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2127 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2128 case Type::Pointer:
2129 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2130 continue;
2131 case Type::ConstantArray:
2132 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2133 case Type::VariableArray:
2134 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2135 continue;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002136
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002137 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2138 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2139 case Type::Builtin:
2140 break;
2141
2142 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2143 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2144 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2145 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2146 // which its associated classes are defined.
2147 case Type::Record: {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002148 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2149 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002150 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2151 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002152 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002153 break;
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002154 }
Douglas Gregor4e58c252010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002155
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002156 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2157 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002158 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002159 // it has no associated class.
2160 case Type::Enum: {
2161 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002162
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002163 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2164 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002165 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002166
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002167 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002168 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002169
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002170 break;
2171 }
2172
2173 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2174 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2175 // types and those associated with the return type.
2176 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2177 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002178 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2179 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002180 // fallthrough
2181 }
2182 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2183 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002184 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002185 continue;
2186 }
2187
2188 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2189 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2190 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2191 // together with those associated with X.
2192 //
2193 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2194 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2195 // with the member type together with those associated with
2196 // X.
2197 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2198 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2199
2200 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2201 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2202
2203 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2204 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2205 continue;
2206 }
2207
2208 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2209 case Type::BlockPointer:
2210 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2211 continue;
2212
2213 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2214 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2215 case Type::LValueReference:
2216 case Type::RValueReference:
2217 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2218 continue;
2219
2220 // These are fundamental types.
2221 case Type::Vector:
2222 case Type::ExtVector:
2223 case Type::Complex:
2224 break;
2225
Richard Smithdc7a4f52013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002226 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2227 case Type::Auto:
2228 break;
2229
Douglas Gregorf25760e2011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002230 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2231 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2232 // namespace.
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002233 case Type::ObjCObject:
2234 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2235 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregorf25760e2011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002236 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002237 break;
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002238
2239 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2240 // contained type.
2241 case Type::Atomic:
2242 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2243 continue;
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002244 }
2245
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002246 if (Queue.empty())
2247 break;
2248 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002249 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002250}
2251
2252/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2253/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2254/// arguments.
2255///
2256/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002257/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002258/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm834c0582013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002259void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2260 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2261 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2262 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002263 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2264 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2265
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002266 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2267 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002268
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002269 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2270 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2271 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2272 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2273 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2274 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275 // argument).
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002276 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002277 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2278
2279 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002280 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002281 continue;
2282 }
2283
2284 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2285 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2286 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2287 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2288 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2289 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2290 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregordaa439a2009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002291 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002292 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002293 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002294 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002296 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2297 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002298
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002299 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end();
2300 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002301 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002302 FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002303
2304 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2305 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002306 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002307 }
2308 }
2309}
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002310
2311/// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is
2312/// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose
2313/// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine
2314/// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning
2315/// enumeration types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002316static bool
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002317IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn,
2318 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2319 ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002320 if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType()))
2321 return true;
2322
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002323 if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType()))
2324 return true;
2325
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002326 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002327 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1)
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002328 return false;
2329
2330 if (T1->isEnumeralType()) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002331 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002332 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType))
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002333 return true;
2334 }
2335
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002336 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2)
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002337 return false;
2338
2339 if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002340 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002341 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType))
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002342 return true;
2343 }
2344
2345 return false;
2346}
2347
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002348NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorc83c6872010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002349 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002350 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2351 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorc83c6872010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002352 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002353 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002354 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002355}
2356
Douglas Gregor6e378de2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002357/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002358ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor27c6da22012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002359 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2360 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorc83c6872010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002361 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor27c6da22012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002362 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregor6e378de2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002363 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2364}
2365
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002366void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002368 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002369 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2370 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2371 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2372 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2373 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
2374 // functions are ignored. However, if no operand has a class
2375 // type, only those non-member functions in the lookup set
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002376 // that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to
2377 // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002378 // type, or (if there is a right operand) a second parameter
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002379 // of type T2 or "reference to (possibly cv-qualified) T2",
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002380 // when T2 is an enumeration type, are candidate functions.
2381 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002382 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2383 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002385 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
2386
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002387 if (Operators.empty())
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002388 return;
2389
2390 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Operators.begin(), OpEnd = Operators.end();
2391 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002392 NamedDecl *Found = (*Op)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2393 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002394 if (IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FD, T1, T2, Context))
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002395 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess()); // FIXME: canonical FD
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002397 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002398 // FIXME: friend operators?
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002399 // FIXME: do we need to check IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002400 // later?
2401 if (!FunTmpl->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002402 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess());
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002403 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002404 }
2405}
2406
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002407Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002408 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2409 bool ConstArg,
2410 bool VolatileArg,
2411 bool RValueThis,
2412 bool ConstThis,
2413 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002414 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002415 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002416 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002417 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2418 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2419 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2420 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2421 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2422 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2423
2424 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002425 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002426 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2427 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2428 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2429 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2430 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2431 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2432
2433 void *InsertPoint;
2434 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2435 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2436
2437 // This was already cached
2438 if (Result)
2439 return Result;
2440
Sean Hunt30543582011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002441 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2442 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002443 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2444
2445 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002446 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002447 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2448 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002449 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2450 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002451 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2452 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002453 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002454 return Result;
2455 }
2456
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002457 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2458 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002459 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002460 DeclarationName Name;
2461 Expr *Arg = 0;
2462 unsigned NumArgs;
2463
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002464 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2465 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2466
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002467 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2468 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2469 NumArgs = 0;
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002470 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2471 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002472 } else {
2473 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2474 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002475 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002476 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002478 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002479 } else {
2480 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002481 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002482 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002484 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002485 }
2486
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002487 if (ConstArg)
2488 ArgType.addConst();
2489 if (VolatileArg)
2490 ArgType.addVolatile();
2491
2492 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2493 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2494 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2495 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2496 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2497 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2498 // case.
Sean Huntab183df2011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002499 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002500 VK = VK_LValue;
2501 else
2502 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002503 }
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002504
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002505 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2506
2507 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002508 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002509 Arg = &FakeArg;
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002510 }
2511
2512 // Create the object argument
2513 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2514 if (ConstThis)
2515 ThisTy.addConst();
2516 if (VolatileThis)
2517 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002518 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002519 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2520 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002521
2522 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2523 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2524 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002525 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation());
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002526 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002527 assert(!R.empty() &&
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002528 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruthab4e0c02013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002529
2530 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2531 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2532 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2533
2534 for (SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *>::iterator I = Candidates.begin(),
Richard Smithb60fae52013-09-09 16:55:27 +00002535 E = Candidates.end();
Chandler Carruthab4e0c02013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002536 I != E; ++I) {
2537 NamedDecl *Cand = *I;
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002538
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002539 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002540 continue;
2541
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002542 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2543 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2544 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2545 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2546 // either.
2547 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2548
2549 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2550 continue;
2551 }
2552
2553 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002554 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002555 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002556 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2557 OCS, true);
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002558 else
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002559 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2560 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Sean Hunt431a1cb2011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002561 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002562 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002563 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2564 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002565 RD, 0, ThisTy, Classification,
2566 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002567 OCS, true);
2568 else
2569 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002570 0, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2571 OCS, true);
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002572 } else {
2573 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002574 }
2575 }
2576
2577 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2578 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2579 case OR_Success:
2580 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002581 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002582 break;
2583
2584 case OR_Deleted:
2585 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002586 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002587 break;
2588
2589 case OR_Ambiguous:
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002590 Result->setMethod(0);
2591 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2592 break;
2593
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002594 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2595 Result->setMethod(0);
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002596 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002597 break;
2598 }
2599
2600 return Result;
2601}
2602
2603/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2604CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Sean Huntc530d172011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002605 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002606 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2607 false, false);
2608
2609 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002610}
2611
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002612/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2613CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002614 unsigned Quals) {
Sean Huntc530d172011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002615 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2616 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2617 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2618 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2619 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2620
Sean Huntc530d172011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002621 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2622}
2623
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002624/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002625CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2626 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002627 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002628 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2629 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002630
2631 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2632}
2633
Douglas Gregore5eee5a2010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002634/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2635DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002636 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002637 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Sean Huntcdee3fe2011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002638 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002639 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002640 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002641 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002642 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002643 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002644 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002645
Douglas Gregore5eee5a2010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002646 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2647 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2648 return Class->lookup(Name);
2649}
2650
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002651/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2652CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2653 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002654 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002655 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2656 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2657 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2658 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2659 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2660 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2661 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2662 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2663 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2664
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002665 return Result->getMethod();
2666}
2667
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002668/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2669CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002670 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002671 bool RValueThis,
2672 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2673 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2674 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2675 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002676 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2677 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002678 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2679 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2680
2681 return Result->getMethod();
2682}
2683
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002684/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2685///
Sean Huntc5c9b532011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002686/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2687/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002688///
2689/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2690CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002691 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2692 false, false, false,
2693 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002694}
2695
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002696/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2697/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2698///
2699/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2700/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2701/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2702Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2703Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2704 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002705 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2706 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002707 LookupName(R, S);
2708 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2709 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2710
2711 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2712 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2713
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002714 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002715 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2716 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002717 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2718
2719 while (F.hasNext()) {
2720 Decl *D = F.next();
2721 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2722 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2723
Douglas Gregor7e0c2272013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002724 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2725 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2726 F.erase();
2727 continue;
2728 }
2729
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002730 bool IsRaw = false;
2731 bool IsTemplate = false;
2732 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2733 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2734
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002735 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2736 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2737 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2738 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smitha121eb32013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002739 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002740 IsExactMatch = true;
2741 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2742 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2743 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2744 IsExactMatch = false;
2745 break;
2746 }
2747 }
2748 }
2749 }
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002750 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2751 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2752 if (Params->size() == 1)
2753 IsTemplate = true;
2754 else
2755 IsStringTemplate = true;
2756 }
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002757
2758 if (IsExactMatch) {
2759 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002760 AllowRaw = false;
2761 AllowTemplate = false;
2762 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2763 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002764 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2765 // already found.
2766 F.restart();
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002767 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002768 }
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002769 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2770 FoundRaw = true;
2771 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2772 FoundTemplate = true;
2773 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2774 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002775 } else {
2776 F.erase();
2777 }
2778 }
2779
2780 F.done();
2781
2782 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2783 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2784 // or literal operator template.
2785 if (FoundExactMatch)
2786 return LOLR_Cooked;
2787
2788 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2789 // operator template, but not both.
2790 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2791 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002792 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2793 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002794 return LOLR_Error;
2795 }
2796
2797 if (FoundRaw)
2798 return LOLR_Raw;
2799
2800 if (FoundTemplate)
2801 return LOLR_Template;
2802
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002803 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2804 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2805
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002806 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2807 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2808 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002809 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2810 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002811 return LOLR_Error;
2812}
2813
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002814void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2815 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2816
2817 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2818 // was exactly this one, we're done.
2819 if (Old == 0 || Old == New) {
2820 Old = New;
2821 return;
2822 }
2823
2824 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07002825 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2826 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002827
2828 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2829 while (true) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002830 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002831
2832 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2833 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2834 if (!Cursor) return;
2835
2836 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2837 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2838
2839 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2840 }
2841
2842 Old = New;
2843}
2844
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002845void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
Robert Wilhelm834c0582013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002846 SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
Richard Smithb1502bc2012-10-18 17:56:02 +00002847 ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002848 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2849 // arguments we have.
2850 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2851 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002852 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002853 AssociatedNamespaces,
2854 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002855
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002856 QualType T1, T2;
2857 if (Operator) {
2858 T1 = Args[0]->getType();
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002859 if (Args.size() >= 2)
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002860 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2861 }
2862
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002863 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002864 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2865 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2866 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2867 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2868 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2869 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2870 // is the union of X and Y.
2871 //
2872 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2873 // candidate set.
2874 for (AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator NS = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002875 NSEnd = AssociatedNamespaces.end();
2876 NS != NSEnd; ++NS) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002877 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2878 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2879 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2880 //
2881 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2882 // ignored.
2883 //
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002884 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002885 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2886 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2887 // lookup (11.4).
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002888 DeclContext::lookup_result R = (*NS)->lookup(Name);
2889 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
2890 ++I) {
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002891 NamedDecl *D = *I;
John McCall02cace72009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002892 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2893 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002894 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2895 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2896 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2897 continue;
2898
Richard Smith22050f22013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002899 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2900 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2901 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2902 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2903 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2904 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2905 break;
2906 }
2907 }
2908 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCall3f9a8a62009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002909 continue;
2910 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002911
John McCalla113e722010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002912 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2913 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002914
John McCalla113e722010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002915 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2916 if (Operator &&
2917 !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(cast<FunctionDecl>(D),
2918 T1, T2, Context))
2919 continue;
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002920 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2921 continue;
2922
2923 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor44bc2d52009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002924 }
2925 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002926}
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002927
2928//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2929// Search for all visible declarations.
2930//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2931VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2932
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002933bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2934
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002935namespace {
2936
2937class ShadowContextRAII;
2938
2939class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2940public:
2941 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2942 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2943 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattnerb5f65472011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002944 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002945
2946private:
2947 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2948 /// this name within a particular scope.
2949 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2950
2951 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2952 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2953
2954 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2955 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2956
2957 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2958
2959public:
2960 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2961 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2962 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2963 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2964 }
2965
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002966 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2967 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2968 }
2969
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002970 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2971 /// current scope.
2972 ///
2973 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2974 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2975 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2976
2977 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattnerb5f65472011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002978 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2979 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
2980 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002981};
2982
2983/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
2984class ShadowContextRAII {
2985 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
2986
2987 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
2988
2989public:
2990 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
2991 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
2992 }
2993
2994 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002995 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
2996 }
2997};
2998
2999} // end anonymous namespace
3000
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003001NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregorefcf16d2010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003002 // Look through using declarations.
3003 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003004
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003005 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3006 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3007 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3008 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3009 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3010 if (Pos == SM->end())
3011 continue;
3012
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003013 for (ShadowMapEntry::iterator I = Pos->second.begin(),
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003014 IEnd = Pos->second.end();
3015 I != IEnd; ++I) {
3016 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +00003017 if ((*I)->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003018 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003019 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3020 continue;
3021
3022 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
3023 if ((((*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
3024 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
3025 (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
3026 continue;
3027
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003028 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3029 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3030 // signatures!
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003031 if ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
3032 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003033 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregordef91072010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003034 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003035
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003036 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
3037 return *I;
3038 }
3039 }
3040
3041 return 0;
3042}
3043
3044static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3045 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003046 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003047 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3048 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor62021192010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003049 if (!Ctx)
3050 return;
3051
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003052 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3053 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3054 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003055
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003056 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3057 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3058
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003059 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003060 for (const auto &R : Ctx->lookups()) {
3061 for (auto *I : R) {
3062 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(I)) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003063 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003064 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003065 Visited.add(ND);
3066 }
Douglas Gregor70c23352010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003067 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003068 }
3069 }
3070
3071 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3072 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3073 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003074 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
3075 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003076 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003077 }
3078 }
3079
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003080 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003081 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003082 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3083 return;
3084
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003085 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3086 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003087
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003088 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3089 // there anyway.
3090 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3091 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003092
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003093 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3094 if (!Record)
3095 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003096
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003097 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3098 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3099 //
3100 // struct A { int member; };
3101 // struct B { int member; };
3102 // struct C : A, B { };
3103 //
3104 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3105 //
3106 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3107 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3108 // class, e.g.,
3109 //
3110 // c->B::member
3111 //
3112 // or
3113 //
3114 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003115
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003116 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3117 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3118 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003119 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003120 }
3121 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003122
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003123 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3124 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3125 // Traverse categories.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003126 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003127 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003128 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003129 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003130 }
3131
3132 // Traverse protocols.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003133 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003134 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003135 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003136 Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003137 }
3138
3139 // Traverse the superclass.
3140 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3141 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3142 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003143 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003144 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003145
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003146 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3147 // synthesized ivars.
3148 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3149 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003150 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky893a6ea2012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003151 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003152 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003153 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003154 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003155 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003156 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003157 Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003158 }
3159 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003160 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003161 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003162 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003163 Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003164 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003165
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003166 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3167 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3168 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003169 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003170 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003171 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003172 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003173}
3174
3175static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3176 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3177 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3178 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3179 if (!S)
3180 return;
3181
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003182 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3183 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003184 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3185 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003186 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor539c5c32010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003187 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003188 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3189 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003190 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003191 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), 0, false);
Douglas Gregor539c5c32010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003192 Visited.add(ND);
3193 }
3194 }
3195 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003196
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003197 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003198 DeclContext *Entity = 0;
Douglas Gregore3582012010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003199 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003200 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3201 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3202 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003203 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003204 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003205
Douglas Gregordbdf5e72010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003206 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003207 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003208 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3209 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3210 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3211 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3212 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregorca45da02010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003213 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003214 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003215 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorca45da02010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003216 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003217 }
3218
3219 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3220 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3221 // outer scope.
3222 break;
3223 }
3224
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003225 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3226 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003227
3228 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003229 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003230 }
3231 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3232 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3233 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3234 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3235 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3236 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3237 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003238 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003239 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor539c5c32010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003240 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003241 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003242 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003243 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003244 }
3245
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003246 if (Entity) {
3247 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3248 // directives.
3249 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003250 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003251 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3252 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003253 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003254 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003255 }
3256
3257 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3258 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3259 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3260}
3261
3262void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003263 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3264 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003265 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3266 // unqualified name lookup.
3267 Scope *Initial = S;
3268 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003270 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3271 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3272 S = S->getParent();
3273
3274 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3275 }
3276 UDirs.done();
3277
3278 // Look for visible declarations.
3279 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003280 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003281 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003282 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3283 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003284 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3285 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3286}
3287
3288void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003289 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3290 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003291 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003292 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003293 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003294 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3295 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003296 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003297 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003298 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003299}
3300
Chris Lattner4ae493c2011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003301/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003302/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3303/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3304/// or use.
Chris Lattner4ae493c2011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003305LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003306 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003307 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Chris Lattner4ae493c2011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003308 NamedDecl *Res = 0;
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003309
3310 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3311 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3312 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3313 Scope *S = CurScope;
3314 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3315 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3316 }
3317
3318 // Not a GNU local label.
3319 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3320 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3321 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003322 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
3323 Res = 0;
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003324 if (Res == 0) {
3325 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003326 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3327 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattnerfebb5b82011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003328 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3329 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003330 }
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003331 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3332}
3333
3334//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003335// Typo correction
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003336//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003337
3338namespace {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003339
Dmitri Gribenkocfa88f82013-01-12 19:30:44 +00003340typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003341typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> TypoResultsMap;
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00003342typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003343
3344static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3345
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003346class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
3347 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003348 StringRef Typo;
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003349
3350 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3351 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00003352 ///
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003353 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3354 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003355 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003356
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003357 Sema &SemaRef;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003358
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003359public:
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003360 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef, IdentifierInfo *Typo)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003361 : Typo(Typo->getName()),
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003362 SemaRef(SemaRef) {}
3363
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003364 bool includeHiddenDecls() const override { return true; }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003365
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003366 void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3367 bool InBaseClass) override;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003368 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3369 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003370 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL,
3371 bool isKeyword = false);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003372 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003373
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003374 typedef TypoResultsMap::iterator result_iterator;
3375 typedef TypoEditDistanceMap::iterator distance_iterator;
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003376 distance_iterator begin() { return CorrectionResults.begin(); }
3377 distance_iterator end() { return CorrectionResults.end(); }
3378 void erase(distance_iterator I) { CorrectionResults.erase(I); }
3379 unsigned size() const { return CorrectionResults.size(); }
3380 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003381
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003382 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003383 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregor7b824e82010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003384 }
3385
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003386 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003387 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003388 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3389
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003390 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003391 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003392 }
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003393
3394 TypoResultsMap &getBestResults() {
3395 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second;
3396 }
3397
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003398};
3399
3400}
3401
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003402void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003403 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003404 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3405 if (Hiding)
3406 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003407
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003408 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3409 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3410 // etc.).
3411 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3412 if (!Name)
3413 return;
3414
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003415 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3416 // names that exactly match.
3417 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name->getName() != Typo &&
3418 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3419 return;
3420
Douglas Gregor95f42922010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003421 FoundName(Name->getName());
3422}
3423
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003424void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003425 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3426 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
3427 addName(Name, NULL);
3428}
3429
3430void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3431 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3432 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
3433 addName(Keyword, NULL, NULL, true);
3434}
3435
3436void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3437 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor362a8f22010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003438 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3439 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
3440 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)Typo.size());
Kaelyn Uhrainbb3d9972012-02-07 01:32:58 +00003441 if (MinED && Typo.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor362a8f22010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003442 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003443
Douglas Gregora1194772010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003444 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3445 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003446 unsigned UpperBound = (Typo.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3447 unsigned ED = Typo.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
3448 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003449
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003450 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003451 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3452 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003453}
3454
3455void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003456 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003457 TypoResultList &CList =
3458 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth55620532011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003459
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003460 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3461 CList.pop_back();
3462 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3463 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3464 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3465 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3466 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3467 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3468 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3469 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3470 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3471 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3472 *RI = Correction;
3473 return;
3474 }
3475 }
3476 }
3477 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3478 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003479
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003480 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07003481 erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003482}
3483
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003484// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3485// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3486// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3487static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3488 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3489 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3490 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3491 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3492 else
3493 Identifiers.clear();
3494
3495 const IdentifierInfo *II = NULL;
3496
3497 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3498 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3499 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3500 break;
3501
3502 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3503 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3504 return;
3505 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3506 break;
3507
3508 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3509 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3510 break;
3511
3512 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3513 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3514 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3515 break;
3516
3517 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3518 return;
3519 }
3520
3521 if (II)
3522 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3523}
3524
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003525namespace {
3526
3527class SpecifierInfo {
3528 public:
3529 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3530 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3531 unsigned EditDistance;
3532
3533 SpecifierInfo(DeclContext *Ctx, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, unsigned ED)
3534 : DeclCtx(Ctx), NameSpecifier(NNS), EditDistance(ED) {}
3535};
3536
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003537typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3538typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003539
3540class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
3541 ASTContext &Context;
3542 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003543 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003544 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3545 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003546 bool isSorted;
3547
3548 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3549 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3550 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3551
3552 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3553 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3554 static DeclContextList BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3555
3556 void SortNamespaces();
3557
3558 public:
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003559 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
3560 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramerc5bb9d42011-07-05 09:46:31 +00003561 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(BuildContextChain(CurContext)),
Kaelyn Uhrain8d90b4a2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003562 isSorted(false) {
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003563 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3564 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : 0) {
3565 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3566 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3567
3568 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3569 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003570 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
Benjamin Kramer48d798c2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00003571 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003572 // context.
3573 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3574 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3575 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3576 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3577 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3578 }
Kaelyn Uhrain8d90b4a2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003579
3580 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3581 Distances.insert(1);
3582 DistanceMap[1].push_back(
3583 SpecifierInfo(cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3584 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1));
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003585 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003586
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003587 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3588 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3589 void AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003590
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003591 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3592 iterator begin() {
3593 if (!isSorted) SortNamespaces();
3594 return Specifiers.begin();
3595 }
3596 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3597};
3598
3599}
3600
3601DeclContextList NamespaceSpecifierSet::BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start) {
Nick Lewycky0db9d202013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003602 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003603 DeclContextList Chain;
3604 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != NULL;
3605 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3606 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3607 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3608 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3609 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3610 }
3611 return Chain;
3612}
3613
3614void NamespaceSpecifierSet::SortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003615 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003616 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3617
3618 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3619 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3620
3621 Specifiers.clear();
Craig Topper09d19ef2013-07-04 03:08:24 +00003622 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator DI = sortedDistances.begin(),
3623 DIEnd = sortedDistances.end();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003624 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
3625 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[*DI];
3626 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3627 }
3628
3629 isSorted = true;
3630}
3631
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003632static unsigned BuildNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context,
3633 DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3634 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
3635 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3636 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3637 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3638 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3639 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3640 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3641 ++NumSpecifiers;
3642 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3643 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3644 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3645 ++NumSpecifiers;
3646 }
3647 }
3648 return NumSpecifiers;
3649}
3650
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003651void NamespaceSpecifierSet::AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx) {
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003652 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL;
3653 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3654 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(BuildContextChain(Ctx));
3655 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3656
3657 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3658 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3659 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3660 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3661 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3662 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3663 }
3664
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003665 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
3666 NumSpecifiers = BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
3667
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003668 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3669 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003670 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003671 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003672 NumSpecifiers =
3673 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003674 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3675 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003676 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003677 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3678 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003679 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3680 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003681 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3682 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3683 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3684 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3685 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3686 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3687 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003688 }
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003689 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3690 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3691 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3692 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3693 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3694 NumSpecifiers =
3695 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003696 }
3697 }
3698
3699 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3700 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3701 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3702 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3703 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3704 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3705 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3706 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3707 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3708 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3709 }
3710
3711 isSorted = false;
3712 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
3713 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SpecifierInfo(Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers));
3714}
3715
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003716/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3717static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3718 LookupResult &Res,
3719 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3720 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3721 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3722 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003723 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3724 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003725 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3726 Res.clear();
3727 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003728 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003729 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003730 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003731 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003732 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3733 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3734 Res.resolveKind();
3735 return;
3736 }
3737 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003738
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003739 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3740 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3741 Res.resolveKind();
3742 return;
3743 }
3744 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003745
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003746 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3747 return;
3748 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003749
3750 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003751 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003752
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003753 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3754 // LookupParsedName.
3755 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3756 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003757 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003758 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3759 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003760 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003761 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3762 Res.addDecl(IV);
3763 Res.resolveKind();
3764 }
3765 }
3766 }
3767}
3768
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003769/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3770static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3771 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smith0f4b5be2012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003772 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3773 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3774 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3775 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3776 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3777 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3778 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3779 return;
3780 }
3781
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003782 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3783 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003784
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003785 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003786 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topper3aa29df2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003787 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003788 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor07f4a062011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003789 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003790 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3791 // storage-specifiers as well
3792 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3793 };
3794
Craig Topperb9602322013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003795 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003796 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3797 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3798
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003799 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003800 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003801 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003802 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003803 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor07f4a062011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003804 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3805
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003806 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003807 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3808 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3809 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3810
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003811 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003812 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3813 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3814 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3815 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3816 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3817 }
3818 }
3819
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003820 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003821 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
3822 }
3823
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003824 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003825 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3826 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3827 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3828 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3829 }
3830
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003831 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003832 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003833 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003834 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
3835 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
3836 }
3837
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003838 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topper3aa29df2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003839 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003840 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
3841 };
Craig Topperb9602322013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003842 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003843 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
3844 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
3845
3846 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
3847 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
3848 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
3849
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003850 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003851 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
3852 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
3853 }
3854 }
Jordan Rosef70a8862012-06-30 21:33:57 +00003855
3856 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
3857 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
3858 // is present.
3859 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
3860 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003861 }
3862
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003863 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003864 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
3865 // Statements.
Craig Topper3aa29df2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003866 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003867 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Topperb9602322013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003868 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003869 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
3870 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
3871
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003872 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003873 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
3874 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
3875 }
3876
3877 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
3878 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
3879
3880 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
3881 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
3882
3883 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
3884 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
3885 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
3886 }
3887 } else {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003888 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003889 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
3890 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3891 }
3892
3893 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
3894 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
3895 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
3896 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
3897 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
3898 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
3899 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
3900 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
3901 }
3902 }
3903
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003904 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003905 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
3906
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003907 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003908 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
3909 }
3910 }
3911}
3912
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003913static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3914 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3915 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3916 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3917}
3918
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003919/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3920/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3921/// a module' correction.
3922static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC,
3923 DeclarationName TypoName) {
3924 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3925 return;
3926
3927 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3928
3929 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3930 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3931 break;
3932 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3933 if (DI == DE)
3934 return;
3935
3936 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3937 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3938
3939 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3940 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3941 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3942 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3943
3944 if (VisibleDecl) {
3945 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3946 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3947 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3948 NewDecls.clear();
3949 }
3950 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3951 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3952 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3953 }
3954
3955 if (NewDecls.empty())
3956 TC = TypoCorrection();
3957 else {
3958 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3959 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3960 }
3961}
3962
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003963/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
3964/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
3965/// present in the source code.
3966///
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003967/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
3968/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
3969///
3970/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003971///
3972/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
3973///
3974/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
3975/// looking for, if present.
3976///
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003977/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
3978/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
3979/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
3980///
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00003981/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
3982/// a member access expression.
3983///
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003984/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00003985/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
3986///
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003987/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
3988/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
3989///
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003990/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
3991/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
3992/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
3993/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
3994TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
3995 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3996 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain16e46dd2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00003997 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003998 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3999 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004000 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4001 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrain70571f42013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004002 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4003 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4004 if (ExternalSource) {
4005 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4006 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4007 return Correction;
4008 }
4009
Richard Smith9bd3cdc2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004010 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4011 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004012 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004013
Francois Pichet4d604d62011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004014 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4015 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4016 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004017 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet4d604d62011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004018 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4019 return TypoCorrection();
4020
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004021 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004022 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004023 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004024 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004025
4026 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4027 // typos.
4028 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004029 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004030
4031 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4032 // instantiation.
4033 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004034 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004035
Argyrios Kyrtzidis57f8da52013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004036 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4037 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4038 return TypoCorrection();
4039
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004040 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4041 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4042 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman6dfc04b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004043 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004044 return TypoCorrection();
4045
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004046 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4047 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4048 // remove this workaround.
4049 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4050 return TypoCorrection();
4051
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004052 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces(Context, CurContext, SS);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004053
4054 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, Typo);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004055
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004056 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4057 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004058 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004059 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004060
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004061 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004062 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004063 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004064 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004065 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004066
4067 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4068 if (OPT) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004069 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4070 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004071 }
4072 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004073 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4074 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004075 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004076
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004077 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4078 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4079 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4080 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004081 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004082 ++TyposCorrected;
4083
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004084 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004085 } else {
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004086 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4087 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4088 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004089 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4090 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4091 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4092 if (Cached->second) {
4093 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlov81e34b12013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004094 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4095 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlov0ccadb22013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004096 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlov81e34b12013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004097 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4098 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4099 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4100 if (LookupName(R, S))
4101 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4102 }
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004103 } else {
4104 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4105 // correction candidates is not being used.
4106 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4107 return TypoCorrection();
4108 }
4109 }
4110 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004111 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4112 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4113 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4114 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004115 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004116 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004117 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004118
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004119 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4120 // corrections.
4121 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrain6d858d92012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004122 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrainb5c77682013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004123 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004124 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004125 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004126 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4127 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4128
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004129 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004130 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4131 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrainbb3d9972012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004132 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004133 for (IdentifierTable::iterator I = Context.Idents.begin(),
4134 IEnd = Context.Idents.end();
4135 I != IEnd; ++I)
4136 Consumer.FoundName(I->getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004137
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004138 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrainbb3d9972012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004139 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004140 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4141 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004142 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004143 do {
4144 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4145 if (Name.empty())
4146 break;
Douglas Gregor95f42922010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004147
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004148 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4149 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor95f42922010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004150 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004151 }
4152
Richard Smith0f4b5be2012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004153 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004154
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004155 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004156 if (Consumer.empty())
4157 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4158 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004159
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004160 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4161 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004162 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004163 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004164 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4165 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004166
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004167 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4168 // to search those namespaces.
4169 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004170 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4171 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004172 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004173 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4174 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4175 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExternalKnownNamespaces.size(); I != N; ++I)
4176 KnownNamespaces[ExternalKnownNamespaces[I]] = true;
4177 }
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004178
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004179 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
4180 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004181
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004182 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
4183 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4184 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : 0) {
4185 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
4186 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
4187 }
4188 for (const auto *TI : Context.types()) {
4189 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004190 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004191 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004192 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
4193 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004194 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4195 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(CD);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004196 }
4197 }
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004198 }
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004199
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004200 // Weed out any names that could not be found by name lookup or, if a
4201 // CorrectionCandidateCallback object was provided, failed validation.
Dmitri Gribenkocfa88f82013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004202 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 16> QualifiedResults;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004203 LookupResult TmpRes(*this, TypoName, LookupKind);
4204 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
4205 while (!Consumer.empty()) {
4206 TypoCorrectionConsumer::distance_iterator DI = Consumer.begin();
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004207 for (TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator I = DI->second.begin(),
4208 IEnd = DI->second.end();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004209 I != IEnd; /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004210 // If we only want nested name specifier corrections, ignore potential
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004211 // corrections that have a different base identifier from the typo or
4212 // which have a normalized edit distance longer than the typo itself.
4213 if (AllowOnlyNNSChanges) {
4214 TypoCorrection &TC = I->second.front();
4215 if (TC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo ||
4216 TC.getEditDistance(true) > TypoLen) {
4217 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
4218 ++I;
4219 DI->second.erase(Prev);
4220 continue;
4221 }
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004222 }
4223
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004224 // If the item already has been looked up or is a keyword, keep it.
4225 // If a validator callback object was given, drop the correction
4226 // unless it passes validation.
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004227 bool Viable = false;
Benjamin Kramerb3996962012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004228 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = I->second.begin();
4229 RI != I->second.end(); /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004230 TypoResultList::iterator Prev = RI;
4231 ++RI;
4232 if (Prev->isResolved()) {
4233 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, *Prev))
Benjamin Kramerb3996962012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004234 RI = I->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004235 else
4236 Viable = true;
4237 }
4238 }
4239 if (Viable || I->second.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004240 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004241 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004242 if (!Viable)
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004243 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004244 continue;
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004245 }
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004246 assert(I->second.size() == 1 && "Expected a single unresolved candidate");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004247
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004248 // Perform name lookup on this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004249 TypoCorrection &Candidate = I->second.front();
4250 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Uhrainb2567dd2013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004251 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
4252 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
4253retry_lookup:
4254 LookupPotentialTypoResult(*this, TmpRes, Name, S, TempSS,
4255 TempMemberContext, EnteringContext,
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004256 CCC.IsObjCIvarLookup,
4257 Name == TypoName.getName() &&
4258 !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004259
4260 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
4261 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4262 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
Kaelyn Uhrain82340e82011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004263 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Kaelyn Uhrainb2567dd2013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004264 if (TempSS) {
4265 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4266 TempSS = NULL;
4267 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4268 goto retry_lookup;
4269 }
4270 if (TempMemberContext) {
4271 if (SS && !TempSS)
4272 TempSS = SS;
4273 TempMemberContext = NULL;
4274 goto retry_lookup;
4275 }
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004276 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004277 // We didn't find this name in our scope, or didn't like what we found;
4278 // ignore it.
4279 {
4280 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Next = I;
4281 ++Next;
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004282 DI->second.erase(I);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004283 I = Next;
4284 }
4285 break;
4286
4287 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4288 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004289 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004290
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004291 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004292 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004293 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004294 for (auto *TRD : TmpRes)
4295 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004296 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004297 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4298 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004299 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004300 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004301 break;
4302 }
4303
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004304 case LookupResult::Found: {
4305 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004306 Candidate.setCorrectionDecl(TmpRes.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>());
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004307 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004308 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4309 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004310 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004311 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004312 break;
4313 }
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004314
4315 }
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004316 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004317
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004318 if (DI->second.empty())
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004319 Consumer.erase(DI);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004320 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || QualifiedResults.empty() || !DI->first)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004321 // If there are results in the closest possible bucket, stop
4322 break;
4323
4324 // Only perform the qualified lookups for C++
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004325 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004326 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004327 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
4328 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
4329 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4330 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004331
4332 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4333 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4334 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4335 // is an appropriate correction.
4336 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl =
4337 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004338 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004339 continue;
4340 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004341
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004342 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004343 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004344 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4345 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004346 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4347
4348 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4349 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4350 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4351 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004352 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo &&
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004353 TmpED && TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4354 continue;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004355
4356 TmpRes.clear();
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004357 TmpRes.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004358 if (!LookupQualifiedName(TmpRes, Ctx)) continue;
4359
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004360 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4361 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004362 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004363 case LookupResult::Found:
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004364 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrainb5c77682013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004365 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4366 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4367 std::string OldQualified;
4368 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4369 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, getPrintingPolicy());
4370 OldOStream << TypoName;
4371 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4372 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4373 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4374 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4375 break;
4376 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004377 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4378 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004379 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4380 if (CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4381 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0,
Eli Friedman91d3f332013-10-01 02:44:48 +00004382 TRD.getPair()) == AR_accessible)
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004383 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4384 }
4385 if (TC.isResolved())
4386 Consumer.addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004387 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004388 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004389 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4390 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4391 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
Kaelyn Uhrain82340e82011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004392 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004393 break;
4394 }
4395 }
4396 }
4397 }
4398
4399 QualifiedResults.clear();
4400 }
4401
4402 // No corrections remain...
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004403 if (Consumer.empty())
4404 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004405
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00004406 TypoResultsMap &BestResults = Consumer.getBestResults();
4407 ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004408
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004409 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004410 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4411 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4412 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004413 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4414 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004415 }
4416
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004417 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004418 if (BestResults.size() == 1) {
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004419 const TypoResultList &CorrectionList = BestResults.begin()->second;
4420 const TypoCorrection &Result = CorrectionList.front();
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004421 if (CorrectionList.size() != 1)
4422 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004423
Douglas Gregor53e4b552010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004424 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4425 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004426 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4427 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004428
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004429 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4430 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4431 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4432
David Blaikie6952c012012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004433 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4434 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004435 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC, TypoName.getName());
David Blaikie6952c012012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004436 return TC;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004437 }
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004438 else if (BestResults.size() > 1
4439 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4440 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4441 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4442 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
Kaelyn Uhrain16e46dd2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004443 && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004444 && BestResults["super"].front().isKeyword()) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004445 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4446 // context.
4447
4448 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4449 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004450 if (ED == 0)
4451 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004452
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004453 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4454 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004455 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestResults["super"].front();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004456
David Blaikie6952c012012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004457 TypoCorrection TC = BestResults["super"].front();
4458 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4459 return TC;
Douglas Gregor7b824e82010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004460 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004461
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004462 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did
4463 // not filter out possible corrections, note that no correction was found.
4464 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback)
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004465 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
4466
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004467 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004468}
4469
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004470void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4471 if (!CDecl) return;
4472
4473 if (isKeyword())
4474 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4475
Kaelyn Uhrain728948f2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004476 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004477
4478 if (!CorrectionName)
4479 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4480}
4481
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004482std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4483 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4484 std::string tmpBuffer;
4485 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4486 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikie17828ca2013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004487 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004488 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004489 }
4490
4491 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004492}
Kaelyn Uhrain20a7cf42013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004493
4494bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4495 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4496 return true;
4497
4498 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4499 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4500 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4501
4502 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4503 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4504 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4505 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(*CDecl))
4506 return true;
4507 }
4508
4509 return WantTypeSpecifiers;
4510}
Kaelyn Uhrain761695f2013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004511
4512FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004513 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4514 bool AllowNonStaticMethods)
4515 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
4516 AllowNonStaticMethods(AllowNonStaticMethods),
4517 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext) {
Kaelyn Uhrain761695f2013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004518 WantTypeSpecifiers = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4519 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4520}
4521
4522bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4523 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4524 return candidate.isKeyword();
4525
4526 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator DI = candidate.begin(),
4527 DIEnd = candidate.end();
4528 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
4529 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
4530 NamedDecl *ND = (*DI)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4531 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4532 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4533 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4534 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4535 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4536 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4537 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4538 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4539 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4540 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4541 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004542 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain761695f2013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004543 return true;
4544 }
4545 }
Stephen Hines651f13c2014-04-23 16:59:28 -07004546
4547 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4548 // the current number of arguments.
4549 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4550 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4551 continue;
4552
4553 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method and non-static
4554 // methods are being excluded, then skip the candidate unless the current
4555 // DeclContext is a method in the same class or a descendent class of the
4556 // candidate's parent class.
4557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4558 if (!AllowNonStaticMethods && !MD->isStatic()) {
4559 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
4560 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
4561 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : 0;
4562 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4563 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4564 continue;
4565 }
4566 }
4567 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain761695f2013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004568 }
4569 return false;
4570}
Richard Smith2d670972013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004571
4572void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4573 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4574 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4575 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4576 ErrorRecovery);
4577}
4578
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004579/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4580/// the given declaration.
4581static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4582 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4583 return VD->getDefinition();
4584 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4585 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : 0;
4586 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4587 return TD->getDefinition();
4588 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4589 return ID->getDefinition();
4590 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4591 return PD->getDefinition();
4592 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4593 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
4594 return 0;
4595}
4596
Richard Smith2d670972013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004597/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4598/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4599///
4600/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4601/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4602/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4603/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4604/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4605/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4606/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4607/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4608/// to it.
4609void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4610 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4611 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4612 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4613 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4614 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4615 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4616 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4617
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004618 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4619 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4620 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4621 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4622
4623 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4624 // possible.
4625 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4626 if (!Def)
4627 Def = Decl;
4628 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4629 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4630
4631 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4632 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4633 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4634 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4635
4636 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
4637 if (!isSFINAEContext() && ErrorRecovery)
4638 createImplicitModuleImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4639 Owner);
4640 return;
4641 }
4642
Richard Smith2d670972013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004643 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4644 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4645
4646 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
4647 Correction.isKeyword() ? 0 : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4648 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4649 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4650 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4651}